documentation/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# fausthuang, 2018
# JZH-Odoo <jzh@odoo.com>, 2018
# 0023d6d916c2d56e4d76ed7a6e80ad5b, 2018
# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2018
# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2018
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018
# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018
# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018
# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018
# roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "库存"

#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "条码"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
msgid "Daily Operations"
msgstr "日常作业"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
msgstr "怎么样使用条码来做库存调整？"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid "From the Barcode application:"
msgstr "从条形码应用 :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Inventory**"
msgstr "点击 **盘点** "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12
msgid ""
"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or"
" use the keyboard to set the quantity)."
msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品, 就扫5次, 或者使用键盘设置数量)"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the "
"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; "
"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse."
msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理, 在扫描产品之前扫描库位, 例如扫描一个货架的条码；再扫描货架上的所有产品；接着然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20
msgid ""
"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode."
msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描, 手工确认盘点或者通过扫描 **确认** 条码确认。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders?"
msgstr "如何处理交货订单?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on "
"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
"scan products directly)."
msgstr "有两种方法去处理发货单：你可以在打印出来的文档上（在文档上逐行扫描）操作，或者在屏幕（并直接扫描产品）上。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10
msgid "Process printed delivery orders:"
msgstr "处理打印的发货单"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12
msgid ""
"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
msgstr "选择所有在 **待办** 列表中的单据，打印当天的发货单，并且从上方菜单打印 **分拣作业** 。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15
msgid ""
"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the "
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单, 在文档右上角 **扫码** 下载屏幕上正确的记录"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19
msgid ""
"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the "
"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily "
"accessible, visible or is missing."
msgstr "然后, 给所有产品 **扫描条码** , 或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到, 看不到或者丢失了, 就扫描产品栈板上的条码"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to "
"finish the operation."
msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品, 扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30
msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:"
msgstr "从电脑上或者移动设备处理所有的交货单"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32
msgid ""
"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one."
msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待做** 的发货单, 并且打开第一个"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33
msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product."
msgstr "捡起并扫描每一个被列出的产品。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37
msgid ""
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation."
msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **验证** 按钮或者扫描 **验证条码** 动作来完成该操作"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40
msgid ""
"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right "
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作移到下一个发货单 "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
msgid "How to do an internal transfer?"
msgstr "如何做内部调拨?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:"
msgstr "在Odoo中，有两种类型的内部调拨："

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7
msgid ""
"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)"
msgstr "系统自动初始化这些（例如，质量控制）"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
msgid ""
"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area "
"of the dashboard)."
msgstr "由工人创建的这些(例如，通过仪表板上的'内部调拨'区域)。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13
msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:"
msgstr "要做内部调拨 :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15
msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**"
msgstr "从条码应用的首页, 扫描 **源位置** 。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17
msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**"
msgstr "捡起并 **扫描产品** "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19
msgid "Scan the **destination location**"
msgstr "扫描 **目的位置** "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21
msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it"
msgstr " **验证** 以完成调拨"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?"
msgstr "如何使用条形码来做批次号以及序列号管理?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
"outgoing deliveries:"
msgstr "批次号能够在收货, 内部调拨和出货的时候进行编码 :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from"
msgstr "在条码界面, **扫描** 你想创建批次的产品"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10
msgid ""
"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan "
"the lots/serial numbers"
msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理, 一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13
msgid ""
"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate"
" one automatically"
msgstr " **扫描** 一个批次条码, 手工的 **输入** 一个或者 **留空** 自动生成一个"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16
msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done"
msgstr "一旦完成, 点击或者扫描 **确认** "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18
msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?"
msgstr " **批次号** 和 **序列号** 之间的差别是什么？"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid ""
"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
msgstr " **批次号** 是一些特定产品的属性, 所以每次当你扫描一个批次号, Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one "
"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept "
"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation."
msgstr ""
"相反的, 一个 **序列号** 是独一无二的, 只能用独一的条码表示, 也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接受对同一个序列号的多次扫描"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32
msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots."
msgstr "在此, 我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37
msgid ""
"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
msgstr "从进来的送货扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
msgstr "如何处理收货？"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work "
"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
"scan products directly)."
msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法 :可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
msgstr "处理打印的收货单 :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
msgstr "从当天 **待接收** 列表中选择单据并打印入库单, 并且从上面菜单打印 **分拣作业** "

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单, 扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product "
"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, "
"visible or is missing."
msgstr "然后，扫描每个产品的条码或者如果产品上的条码不容易扫到、看到或者丢失，那么就在拣货行上扫描产品的条码。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28
msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:"
msgstr "在电脑或者移动设备处理收货单"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30
msgid ""
"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first "
"one."
msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待收** 的收货单, 并且打开第一个。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35
msgid ""
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
msgid ""
"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作，移到下一个待处理收货。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
msgid "Example"
msgstr "例子"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44
msgid "Open operation interface."
msgstr "打开作业界面。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49
msgid "Scan."
msgstr "扫描."

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54
msgid ""
"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse "
"and keyboard."
msgstr "拣货呈现, 逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "设置"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
msgid ""
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
msgstr ""
"用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪**"
" 。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
"be configured to be so."
msgstr ""
"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** "
"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
" "
"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""
"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** "
"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android"
" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE "
"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
msgstr "配置条码扫描器"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "键盘布局"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
msgid ""
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
msgstr ""
"一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, "
"用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "自动回车"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
msgstr ""
"默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, "
"你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 "
"ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?"
msgstr "如何启用条码？"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
"Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘, 鼠标, 和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码, 给拣货类型指定条码, "
"等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr "设置产品条码"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This "
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
"them)."
msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr "设置位置条码"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu "
"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 "
"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
"paper."
msgstr ""
"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> "
"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
msgstr ""
"库位命名例子 : **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - ( **坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z** ) 例如 : "
"A032-025-133"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr "条码格式"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
msgstr ""
"大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用 "
":你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
msgstr "和以前一样, Odoo支持所有字符串的条码, 所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。"

#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr "仓库管理"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
msgstr "库存调整"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
msgstr "如何进行初始盘点？"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
"keep the inventory right."
msgstr "仓库管理系统的一个嘴重要的功能就是保持库存正确"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
msgid ""
"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial "
"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
"the right locations."
msgstr "一旦产品被定义好, 就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
msgid "Product Configuration"
msgstr "产品配置"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
msgstr ""
"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 "
"**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
msgid "Start the initial inventory"
msgstr "开始初始盘点"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26
msgid "Update the product quantity for one product"
msgstr "为一种产品更新产品数量"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have"
" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button."
msgstr "在刚刚创建的产品中, 我们可以在上方的标题栏中看到产品在手数量是0。点击 **更新在手数量** 按钮"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31
msgid ""
"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity"
" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "一个窗口打开, 在 **最新在手数量** 字段, 输入当前库存中产品的数量, 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39
msgid ""
"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to "
"set the location of your product from this screen."
msgstr "如果使用仓库的多库位, 你可以从这个界面设置产品的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42
msgid ""
"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated."
msgstr "可以看到在手数量标签里面的数量已经变化了"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**"
" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" "
"has automatically been created and validated by the system."
msgstr ""
"现在, 如果在 **库存控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称) \"的行。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55
msgid "Multiple products at once"
msgstr "一次多个产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57
msgid ""
"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable"
" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an "
"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by"
" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
msgstr ""
"创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 "
":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
msgid ""
"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location"
" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as "
"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub"
" (or child) locations."
msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意, 当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位), 你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71
msgid ""
"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or "
"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option."
msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品, 部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下, 我们选择 **所有产品** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79
msgid ""
"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the "
"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, "
"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period "
"field. The accounting module needs to be installed."
msgstr ""
"如果你需要将库存计价在一个不同的会计期间完成, 而不是根据存货结束日期儿自动选择的默认会计期间, "
"在强制计价期间字段输入相应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84
msgid ""
"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you"
" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products "
"manually by clicking on **Add an item**."
msgstr "点击 **开始盘点** 按钮。基于选择的盘点类型(所有产品或者部分产品)可能你需要通过点击 **添加条目** 手工地添加产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88
msgid ""
"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
msgstr "添加库存中每一个产品的 **实际数量** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
msgid ""
"additional information will be available according to the options you "
"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位, 序列号, 代销库存)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
msgid ""
"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post "
"it."
msgstr "点击 **验证盘点** 按钮确认该次盘点并过账。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "报表"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
msgid ""
"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
"Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
msgstr ""
"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击 "
"**列表按钮**: "

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
msgstr "如何在最小库存和按订单补货规则之间选择？"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr " **最小库存规则** 和 **按订单补货** 有着同样的结果但是却有不同的规则。依赖于生产以及发货的策略, 我们可以选择使用它。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "术语"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "最小库存规则"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
" **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, "
"系统会自动生成一个达到最大库存水平的数量的补货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "按单补货"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
msgid ""
"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the "
"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will "
"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
" **按单补货** 的功能会根据 **销售订单** 的产品数量触发一个该产品的 **采购订单** , 系统 **不会** 检查当前的存货计价, "
"也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "最小库存规则"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the "
"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr ""
"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) --> "
"再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Active"
msgstr "有效"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the "
"orderpoint without removing it."
msgstr "如果有效字段被设置为否，系统将会允许你隐藏订货点而不是删除。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
msgstr "产品量度单位"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations."
msgstr "所有库存商品的缺省单位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Procurement Group"
msgstr "补货组"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into "
"one big picking."
msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供，由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Minimum Quantity"
msgstr "最小数量"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field,"
" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max "
"Quantity."
msgstr "当虚拟库存小于此字段指定的最小数量，Odoo生成补货以便令预测数量达至最大数量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Maximum Quantity"
msgstr "最大数量"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a "
"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as "
"Max Quantity."
msgstr "当虚拟库存小于最小数量，Odoo生成补货以便令数量的预测数量达至最大数量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Quantity Multiple"
msgstr "数量倍数"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple.  If it is 0, "
"the exact quantity will be used."
msgstr "补货数量将会舍入最多为此倍数。如果它是0， 那么会使用确切的数量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid "Lead Time"
msgstr "前置时间"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
msgid ""
"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or "
"to order to the vendor"
msgstr "在订购点被触发到收到产品或者给供应商下单的天数"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr "然后, 在产品点击进入产品表单, 在 **库存子页面** 选择一个供应商。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A "
"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
"stock valuation."
msgstr "不要忘了在产品表单中选择正确的产品类型。销售品不计入库存并且不进行存货计价"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
"(or any other module where products are available)."
msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
msgstr "在产品表单信息的 **库存** 页面, 点击 **按单补货** "

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
"两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, "
"那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
"当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr "设置虚拟仓库"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""
"假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr "*储存库位*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""
"现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓。"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成发货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "交货单"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
msgstr "如何取消交货单？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概览"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
msgid ""
"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
"any bad surprise."
msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid "Sale process"
msgstr "销售过程"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
msgid ""
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
"order."
msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
msgid ""
"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
" cancel the delivery."
msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
msgid ""
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
"**Delivery Methods**."
msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
msgid ""
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
"this delivery method."
msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
msgid ""
"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid ""
"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?"
msgstr "如何直接从供应商发货给客户(直运)？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
msgid "What is drop-shipping?"
msgstr "什么是直运"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
msgid ""
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-"
"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, "
"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore,"
" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
msgstr ""
"直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中, 产品从供应商发到你的仓库中, 然后发送到客户中。在直运中,"
" 你仓库中不进行库存。当客户在你的店铺下了单, 货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此, 货物不需要通过你的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
msgstr "在实现直运的时候需要考虑到的点"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that "
"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of"
" space in your warehouse."
msgstr ""
"只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率, 所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25
msgid ""
"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are"
" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the "
"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't"
" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes "
"sense!"
msgstr ""
"对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的, "
"情况就变得不同！"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31
msgid ""
"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies"
" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
msgstr "以防生产环境中出错给客户留下不好的体验, 在交接之前可以在自己的内部公司间测试直运并列出最好的"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34
msgid ""
"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable "
"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it"
" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a"
" tracking number."
msgstr "确保时间是可控的。直运的操作时间应该确保在全部由你来处理的时间之内。如果能给客户提供运单号更好。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the "
"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that "
"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and"
" that it's subject to availability from a third party."
msgstr ""
"要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息, 就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What "
"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
msgstr ""
"关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用'<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250> `__."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50
msgid "Configuring drop-shipping"
msgstr "配置直运"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go "
"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the"
" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
"on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 "
"**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**"
" 。点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
msgid ""
"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
"supplier to the products you want to dropship."
msgstr ""
"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` "
"。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid ""
"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products"
" that the route is **Dropshipping**."
msgstr "创建一个 **销售订单** 并且对某一订单行的路径设置为 **直运** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for "
"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the "
"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
"will see that one shipment has been created."
msgstr ""
"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for "
"Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
msgid ""
"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to "
"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the "
"dropship card."
msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户, 回到 **库存** app。在仪表盘的直运卡上, 点击 **# 待收** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once"
" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to "
"the customer without transiting to your warehouse."
msgstr "这会打开直运单列表。一旦完成就确认该调拨。货物会直接从供应商的仓库到客户仓库而不经过你的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow` "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "待办"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of "
"my vendors?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
msgstr " **一步(发货)**:  直接从库存发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**:  先把货物到出货区然后再发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**:  先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
msgid ""
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
"to handle orders very quickly."
msgstr ""
"有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
msgid ""
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
msgstr ""
"使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, "
"并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
msgid ""
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
msgstr ""
"在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, "
"然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
msgid "One step flow"
msgstr "一步流程"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
msgid "Two steps flow"
msgstr "两步流程"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
msgid "Three steps flow"
msgstr "三步流程"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
msgstr "如何变更标签类型？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
"delivery."
msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
" methods**."
msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **编辑** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
"you create a new sale order."
msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
msgid ""
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
msgid ""
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
msgstr "如何一步处理交货订单(发货)？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15
msgid ""
"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are "
"configured to be directly delivered from the stock."
msgstr "无需专门配置, 发货会默认配置为从库存中出货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18
msgid ""
"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping "
"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` "
"and edit the concerned warehouse."
msgstr ""
"然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 "
":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship "
"Only)**"
msgstr "把出货选项设置为 **直接从库存发货(仅发货)** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
msgstr "创建销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to "
"deliver."
msgstr "创建一张需要进行产品发货的销售订单(从询价订单到销售订单)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in "
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的'1'张发货单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your "
"picking."
msgstr "如果你点击了状态按钮的 **1张发货单** , 应该可以看到调拨单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88
msgid "Process a Delivery"
msgstr "处理交货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery "
"Orders** kanban card."
msgstr "进入 **库存** 点击看板卡上 **发货单** 下方的 **# 待做** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process."
msgstr "点击你想要处理的分拣单"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"**customer**."
msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/出货区域** 到 **客户** 的调拨单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58
msgid ""
"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the "
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr "已经完成了 **发货步骤** 并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示 **完成** 状态, 也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront -  Process Overview: "
"From sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr "如何在销售订单上变更包装方式？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and "
"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the "
"order."
msgstr "Odoo能让你变更默认的包装方式并把包装方式变更为你想要的依赖于订单的重量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on "
"**Settings**."
msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
msgid "*Sale process*"
msgstr "*销售过程 *"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
msgstr "在 **销售** 模块, 进入 **销售** 并点击 **销售订单** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
msgstr "创建新销售订单, 并 **确认订单** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
msgid ""
"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be "
"redirected to the Delivery order."
msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单, 你需要点击 **交货** , 重新指定到交货单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36
msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging."
msgstr "点击 **编辑** , 现在你能够对包装进行更改了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the "
"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in "
"Pack**."
msgstr "在 **作业** 页面, 在最后一列, 把 **0** 变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击 **放在包裹中** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight"
" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you "
"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**."
msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型, 你会看到重量和包裹保持一致, 如果你想要更加精确的重量, 可以手工进行更改。然后点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52
msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack."
msgstr "重复该操作直到所有的产品都被放进包裹。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
msgstr "最终, 点击 **确认** 来确认交货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
msgstr "计划交货日期是如何运算的？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, "
"发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
msgid "Configuring lead times"
msgstr "配置提前期"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
msgid ""
"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
msgid "At a product level"
msgstr "在产品层面"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
msgstr " **供应商提前期** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
msgid ""
"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
" select a supplier lead time."
msgstr ""
"是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** "
"页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
msgstr "不要忘记可以添加不同的供应商以及不同供应商给出的不同的提前期"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
msgid ""
"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
"Time**."
msgstr ""
"一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于 :采购订单的 **日期** "
"＋ **交货提前期** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
msgstr " **客户提前期**: "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
"time**."
msgstr ""
"客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
msgstr " **制造提前期**: "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
msgid ""
"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
"product."
msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
msgid ""
"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
"create manufacturing routes."
msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
msgid "At the company level"
msgstr "站在公司层面"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
msgid ""
"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
"of delays."
msgstr ""
"在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
msgstr " **销售安全天数** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
msgid ""
"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
"keep your commitment."
msgstr ""
"销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, "
"用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
"of safety days."
msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
msgstr " **采购安全天数**: "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
msgstr "采购的提前期和销售的提前安全天数逻辑一样。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
msgid ""
"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
msgstr ""
"对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, "
"它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
msgid ""
"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
"here."
msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
msgid "At route level"
msgstr "在路线层面"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
msgid ""
"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
" can also influence the computed date."
msgstr "产品的可能需要的内部调拨依赖于库存的移动并且也会影响到计算日期。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
msgid ""
"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
msgstr "内部调拨的所需时间可以在 **库存** 模块的路径中的拉规则中定义。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
msgid "At sale order level:"
msgstr "在销售订单层面 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
msgid "**Requested date**:"
msgstr " **请求日期**: "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
msgid ""
"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
" display a warning."
msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
msgid ""
"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
"on your configuration:"
msgstr ""
"例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, "
"排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
msgid ""
"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
msgid ""
"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
"lead time)"
msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
msgid ""
"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?"
msgstr "如何处理三步交货(拣货+打包＋发货)？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available,"
" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that "
"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps "
"before shipping."
msgstr ""
"当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段, Odoo默认的设置是 **一步** 操作 :等所有货物都准备好, 就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而,"
" 该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作, 你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14
msgid ""
"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are "
"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of "
"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the "
"customers."
msgstr ""
"在 **三步** 过程中( **拣货 + 包装 + 发货** ), 货物先被送到包装区域, 在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来, "
"然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19
msgid ""
"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack"
" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by "
"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's "
"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called "
"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``."
msgstr ""
"在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 "
"**包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" "
"WH/包装区域\\ \\ \\ \"的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
msgid ""
"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. "
"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be"
" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**."
msgstr ""
"第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到 **WH/发货区域** .。最后从 "
"**WH/发货区域** 移动到 **最后的目的地** ."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25
msgid ""
"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the "
"correct method for your needs."
msgstr "检查 :doc:`仓库流程` 确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37
msgid "Install the Inventory module"
msgstr "安装库存模块"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39
msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module."
msgstr "在 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **库存** 模块。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales"
" orders."
msgstr "为了能小销售订单需要安装 **销售** 模块。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
msgid "Allow managing routes"
msgstr "允许管理路线"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a"
" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link "
"the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下, 我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`"
msgstr "要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio "
"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
msgstr ""
"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
"that will be used."
msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated "
"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + "
"Ship).**"
msgstr "对于发出的交货, 设置选项为 **使包装到指定的库位, 把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
msgid "Create a Sale Order"
msgstr "创建销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to "
"deliver."
msgstr "从 **销售** 模块, 创建一张带有要发货产品的销售订单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
msgstr "注意现在在销售订单上方的 **状态** 按钮上有3张转运单和本销售订单关联。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process,"
msgstr "第一个带有 **拣货** 标识拣货流程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process,"
msgstr "中间一个带有 **包装** 参照标识包装流程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93
msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process."
msgstr "最后一个有 **OUT** 标识发货流程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91
msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?"
msgstr "如何处理拣货这一步骤？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and "
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
msgstr "要确保在库存中有足够的产品然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡上的 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101
msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available."
msgstr "如果可用, 点击 **预留** 预留产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing"
" Zone**."
msgstr "点击 **确认** 计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **库存／包装区域** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116
msgid ""
"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the "
"product available for the next step (Packing)."
msgstr ""
"已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该 **WH/拣货** 单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/库存** 移动到了 "
"**WH/包装** 区域, 这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122
msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?"
msgstr "如何处理包装这一步骤？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**"
" kanban card."
msgstr "进入 **库存** 并点击 **包装** 看板下方的 **# TRANSFERS** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to "
"**WH/Output**."
msgstr "点击确认完成从 **仓库／包装区域** 到 **仓库／出货区域** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135
msgid ""
"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the "
"product available for the next step (Shipping)."
msgstr ""
"这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该 **WH/包装** 单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到了 "
"**WH/出货区域** , 这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111
msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?"
msgstr "如何处理发货这一步骤？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the "
"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)."
msgstr ""
"点击 **确认** 来完成从 **库存／发货区域** 到 **客户库位** 的调拨(基于 **待做** 列表栏的数量, 点击 **应用** "
"来修正数量)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155
msgid ""
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr "现在已经完成了发货步骤并且 **仓库／发货区** 看板上该单子应该显示为 **完成** 状态。产品已经发到客户那边。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
msgid ""
"Link to these sections when available -  Process Overview: From sales orders"
" to delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr "如何处理两步发货(拣货＋发货)？"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen "
"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order"
" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for "
"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped."
msgstr ""
"当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时, 默认的Odoo会使用 **一步** 操作 :当货物都准备好了, 就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是, "
"根据公司的业务流程, 可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在 **两步** 过程中, 货物在仓库中先被 **拣货** 并且发到 **出货区域** 来 "
"**发货** 。然后货物才被发货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few "
"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, "
"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is "
"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. "
"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step "
"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the "
"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)."
msgstr ""
"为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** "
"。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \\ \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \\ \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" "
"WH/Stock \\ \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \\ \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \\ "
"\"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32
msgid "Allow management of routes"
msgstr "允许路线管理"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
msgid ""
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes "
"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we "
"will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
msgid ""
"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is"
" checked."
msgstr "确保选择了无线电按钮 **产品使用规则的高级路径** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46
msgid ""
"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to "
"check the radio button above)."
msgstr "在页面上方点击 **应用** 保存变更(如果需要检查上方的无线电按钮)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may "
"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't "
"activated beforehand."
msgstr "如果你选择了 **产品的高级路径规则** , 如果没有激活 **仓库多位置管理** 的特性, 那么现在就激活它。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55
msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship"
msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57
msgid ""
"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used."
msgstr ""
"配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> "
"仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61
msgid ""
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location "
"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**"
msgstr "对于出库设置, 设置为 **发货之前先把货物发到出货区域(拣货＋发货)** "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with "
"some products to deliver."
msgstr "安装 **销售** 模块并创建需要产品发货的销售订单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order."
msgstr "注意现在我们可以看到该销售订单上方的 **发货** 状态按钮有2张调拨单关联"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two "
"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking "
"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping "
"process."
msgstr ""
"如果你选择了 **2步转移** , 现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨, 一个以 **PICK** 开头, 用来处理拣货过程, 另外一个以 **OUT** "
"开头用来处理发货过程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and "
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
msgstr "确保有足够的产品在库存中, 然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡片上 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to "
"**WH/Output**."
msgstr "点击确认计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **仓库／发货区域** 的调拨单。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105
msgid ""
"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show"
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product "
"**available for the next step** (Shipping)."
msgstr ""
"这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且 **WH/拣货** 调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为 **完成** 。产品已经完成了从 **WH/库存** 到 "
"**WH/出货区** 的调拨。这样产品就 **下一步操作就绪** (发货)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities "
"listed in the **To Do** column)"
msgstr "点击 **确认** 去完成从 **库存／出货区** 到客户的调拨(点击 **申请** 填写基于 **待做** 列表中的数量)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125
msgid ""
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show"
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr "这样已经完成了发货步骤并且 **发货单** 的调拨已经在页面上方状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经发给客户。"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"link to these sections when they will be available -  Process Overview: From"
" sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "入库"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
msgstr " **一步**:  直接收货入库"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
msgstr " **二步**:  先入到入库区然后再进入库存"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
"before being admitted in stock."
msgstr " **三步**:  在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr ""
"Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
msgid "The principles are the following:"
msgstr "原则如下 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
msgstr " **一步** 收货直接入库"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr " **二步**:  在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
" goods receipt process can become essential."
msgstr ""
" **三步**:  在很多公司内, "
"有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
msgid ""
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
"return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr ""
"你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, "
"你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` "

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Add section when available -  How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr "在收货时如何添加质量检验?(3步)"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods "
"receipt process can become essential."
msgstr ""
"在很多公司, 很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此, 在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can "
"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr ""
"Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的, 收货是一步完成, 通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check"
" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you"
" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is "
"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr ""
"3步流程如下 :在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后, 就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然, "
"你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18
msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document."
msgstr "这个情景会在本文档解释。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24
msgid "Use advanced routes"
msgstr "使用高级路线"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
"设置(Settings)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is "
"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
msgstr "确保路径选项 **使用规则产品的高级路线** 有勾选。然后点击 **应用** 来保存变更。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42
msgid ""
"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked."
msgstr "确保 **每个仓库管理多库位** 被勾选到。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?"
msgstr "如何在收货中添加质量控制步骤？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
msgstr ""
"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` "
"然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive "
"goods directly into stock**)."
msgstr "默认的, 仓库是一步收货( **直接收货入库** )。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54
msgid ""
"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick "
"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being "
"admitted in stock (3 steps)**."
msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤, 点选 **卸货在收货区域, 在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
msgid "How to control a receipt?"
msgstr "如何控制收货？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
msgid "How to process the receipt step ?"
msgstr "如何处理收货？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
msgid ""
"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the "
"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related"
" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. "
"This is the receipt step."
msgstr ""
"在 **采购** 应用中, 创建一个 **询价单** 。点击 **确认订单** 按钮。你可以看到有一个 **收货单** "
"在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the "
"**Receipts** card."
msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **# 待收** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to "
"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**."
msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 库位到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the "
"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from"
" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product "
"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)"
msgstr ""
"已经完成了收货步骤并且在 **WH/IN** 单上面的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经从 **供应商** 库位移动了 **收货区域** 库位, "
"这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?"
msgstr "如何把产品从收货区域移动到质检区域？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer "
"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to "
"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the "
"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control."
msgstr ""
"进入 **库存** 仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击 "
"**内部调拨** 的 **# 转移** 链接完成质检。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality"
" Control**."
msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检区域** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the "
"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now "
"ready to be controlled."
msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT** 页面上部的状态显示为 **完成** 。现在收货已经可以被控制了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109
msgid "How to to process the quality control ?"
msgstr "如何处理质检？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111
msgid ""
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to "
"process the quality control."
msgstr ""
"回到 **库存** 的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了, 在 **内部调拨** 的仪表盘卡上点击 **#调拨** 并完成质检过程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118
msgid ""
"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the "
"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**."
msgstr "点击最后一个调拨并完成。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／质检区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top"
" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been "
"controlled and has moved to your stock."
msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且 **内部调拨单** 页面上方的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。收货过程很好的的到了控制并且货物已经进入仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`two_steps` "

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)"
msgstr "如何卸货到收货区域?(2步)"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area "
"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are "
"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further "
"processing."
msgstr "2步过程如下 :在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中, 这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`"
msgstr ""
"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
"设置(Settings)` "

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
msgid ""
"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also "
"ticked."
msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \\ \"** 被勾选。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39
msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?"
msgstr "如何配置仓库？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
"methods."
msgstr ""
"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` "
"并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option "
"**Receive goods directly into stock**)."
msgstr "默认情况下, 仓库配置是一步收货(选项是 **收货直接入库** )。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2"
" steps)**."
msgstr "要添加一个控制步骤, 勾选 **在进入库存之前先卸货到收货区域(2步)** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?"
msgstr "如何2步收货？"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57
msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?"
msgstr "如何收货"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59
msgid ""
"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on "
"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** "
"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order "
"form view. This is the receipt step."
msgstr ""
"在采购模块下, 创建一个 **采购询价单** , 然后点击 **确认** 订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的 **状态栏位** 有一个 **收货单** "
"和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the "
"**Receipts** card."
msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **待收** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to"
" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**."
msgstr "点击想要处理的收货单, 然后点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 到 **库存／收货区域** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76
msgid ""
"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The"
" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, "
"which makes the product available for the next step."
msgstr ""
"已经完成了参照为 **WH/IN** 的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从 **供应商** 到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨, "
"现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the "
"quality control."
msgstr "回到 **库存** 仪表盘。等待状态的调拨已经就绪。点击 **内部调拨** 的 **转移** 完成质检调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete "
"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**."
msgstr "点击想要处理的调拨单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/收货区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with "
"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock."
msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为 **WH/INT** 的内部调拨, 收货已经移动到了库存中。"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`three_steps` "

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
msgstr "批次和序列号"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "介绍"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
msgstr ""
"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
msgid ""
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
"altogether in one single pack."
msgstr " **批次** 和一定数量的收到并放在一起的产品相随。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
"delivery and after-sales."
msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
msgid "When to use"
msgstr "什么时候使用"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
msgid ""
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
"food."
msgstr ""
" **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, "
"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
" way you manage these products"
msgstr ""
" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, "
"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
msgid "When not to use"
msgstr "什么时候不用"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
msgid ""
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
msgstr ""
"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, "
"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` "

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`lots` "

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?"
msgstr "如何管理产品的批次号？"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots"
" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production "
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""
"在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用, 批次号可以在报表中, 质检过程, "
"或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the "
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
msgstr "Odoo有能力管理大多数行业施加规定可追溯性的要求"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
msgid ""
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
"traceability."
msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19
msgid "Setting up"
msgstr "设置"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
msgid "Application configuration"
msgstr "应用配置"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**"
" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
"**Track lots or serial numbers**"
msgstr ""
"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** "
"。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select "
"**Manage several locations per warehouse**."
msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理, 还要勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
msgid "Operation types configuration"
msgstr "作业类型配置"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44
msgid ""
"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the"
" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Operation Types`."
msgstr ""
"你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->"
" 作业类型(Operation Types)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if"
" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers."
msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货, 发货, 内部调拨, ……), 你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
msgid ""
"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots."
msgstr "最后, 需要配置哪些产品你想进行批次追踪。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""
"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击"
" **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
msgid "Manage lots"
msgstr "管理批次"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
msgid "Transfers"
msgstr "调拨"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to "
"input the lot number(s)."
msgstr "为了能够进行批次追踪处理发货单, 你需要输入序列号()。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
msgid "Click on the lot icon :"
msgstr "点击批次图标 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
msgid ""
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number "
"and the quantity."
msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入批次号和数量。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
msgid ""
"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in "
"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones."
msgstr "基于操作类型的配置, 你可能需要创建新的批次号或者现存批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers."
msgstr "在扫描枪界面, 只需要扫描批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
msgid "Inventory adjustment"
msgstr "库存调整"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
msgstr "仓库中产品的批次追踪有2种方式 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83
msgid "Classic inventory by products"
msgstr "根据产品盘点"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
msgid "Inventory of a lot"
msgstr "一个批次的库存"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
msgid ""
"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the "
"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled."
msgstr "在常规盘点时, 有一个 **序列号** 栏位, 如果产品已经有批次号, 那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column."
msgstr "如果产品还没有盘点过, 点击 **添加条目** 。你可以容易的创建批次, 只是需要在栏位中键入新的批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
msgid ""
"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to "
"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just "
"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product."
msgstr ""
"你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中, 你需要输入 **批次号码** 。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码, "
"一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
msgid "Lots traceability"
msgstr "批次追踪"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
msgid ""
"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
msgstr ""
"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) "
"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` "

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :"
msgstr "点击 **追踪** 按钮可以看到详细信息。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`differences`"
msgstr ":doc:`differences` "

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "How to work with serial numbers?"
msgstr "如何使用序列号"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8
msgid ""
"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on "
"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with "
"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another "
"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the"
" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last "
"location where the products are moved."
msgstr ""
"序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位, "
"系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24
msgid ""
"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the "
"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
msgstr ""
"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**"
" 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** "
", 然后点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
msgstr "管理序列号"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
msgid ""
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you "
"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to"
" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your "
"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot "
"Split icon."
msgstr ""
"为了能完成序列号标识的产品的调拨, 你需要在产品中维护号码(可以多个)。如果需要产品使用序列号进行追踪, 首先需要把调拨标记为待做的状态。点击 "
"**标记为待做** 按钮使批量分离图标显示出来。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
msgid "Click on the serial number icon :"
msgstr "点击序列号图标 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62
msgid ""
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial "
"numbers."
msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入序列号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
msgstr "在扫描枪页面, 你只需要输入序列号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
msgid ""
"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:"
msgstr "仓库中的产品的序列号追踪由2种方式 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
msgid "Inventory of a serial number"
msgstr "一个序列号的库存"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column."
msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点, 点击 **添加新的条目** , 你就可以轻易的创建序列号, 只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98
msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line."
msgstr "每一行的数量应该是1"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you "
"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from "
"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a "
"product."
msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中, 你需要输入序列号, 你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码, 一个弹出框就会个产品链接。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
msgstr "序列号追踪"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
msgid ""
"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they"
" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
"shipped to."
msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始, 入库, 以及买给谁, 发货到哪里进行追踪。"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115
msgid ""
"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
"serial number corresponding to your search."
msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr "杂项操作"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2
msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4
msgid ""
"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8
msgid "Immediate Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10
msgid ""
"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and "
"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is"
" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the "
"column \"Done\" for the quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18
msgid ""
"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A "
"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the "
"transfer right now)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23
msgid "Planned Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25
msgid ""
"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase "
"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an "
"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the "
"inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36
msgid ""
"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many "
"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. "
"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process "
"the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
msgid ""
"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without "
"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**."
msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品 :这中情景称之为 **代销库存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12
msgid ""
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are "
"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an "
"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
msgstr ""
"代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品, "
"那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced "
"settings."
msgstr "通过高级设置在Odoo可以管理代销库存产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , "
"然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
msgstr "代销库存的收货"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new "
"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** "
"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave"
" it blank if you are the owner."
msgstr ""
"在库存仪表盘中, 打开 **收货** 仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边, 一个新的 **所有者** 行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者, "
"如果所有者是你, 那么就留空。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3
msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?"
msgstr "如何配置并运行排程器？"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6
msgid "What is a scheduler"
msgstr "什么是排程器"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8
msgid ""
"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises "
"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on "
"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo "
"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)."
msgstr ""
"排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下, 排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个 "
"**排程器动作** )。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
msgstr "计算需求／排程"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16
msgid ""
"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, "
"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产, 任务或者采购进行预留。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21
msgid ""
"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations "
"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or "
"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case "
"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can "
"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first."
msgstr ""
"在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求, 或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求, "
"你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
msgstr "配置并运行排程器"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
msgstr "手工运行排程"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34
msgid ""
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and "
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
msgstr ""
"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> "
"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38
msgid ""
"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler "
"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the "
"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
" deliveries and supplier purchases."
msgstr ""
"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, "
"以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)"
msgstr "配置并且运行排程器(只有高级用户才可以)"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50
msgid ""
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and "
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
msgstr ""
"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> "
"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the "
"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` "
"。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` "

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
msgid "How to scrap products?"
msgstr "如何报废产品？"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8
msgid ""
"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
" basic material"
msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11
msgid "content recoverable through recycling."
msgstr "内容可以通过循环修复。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13
msgid ""
"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this "
"during picking or physical inventory."
msgstr "在仓库中有时候你会发现有些产品坏掉了或者因为到期而不能继续使用或者别的原因。你要经常在拣货调拨或者库存盘点的时候注意这些。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap "
"product."
msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售, 就需把他们报废。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20
msgid ""
"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area."
msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来, 报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27
msgid ""
"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one "
"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**."
msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候, Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚拟库位／报废** 报废库位。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
msgid ""
"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a "
"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management"
" --> Locations.`"
msgstr ""
"选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 "
":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> "
"库位(Locations)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
msgid ""
"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on "
"location form view."
msgstr "要定义一个报废库位, 就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 **是一个北欧费库位** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
msgid "Different ways to scrap product"
msgstr "报废产品的不同方式"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49
msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products."
msgstr "Odoo提供了不同的报废产品的方式"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52
msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)."
msgstr "1)收货时候报废(在初始需求标签页面)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54
msgid ""
"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Receipts`."
msgstr ""
"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
"收货(Receipts)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
msgid ""
"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button."
msgstr "打开收货单, 在 **原始需求** 页签面点击报废按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67
msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ."
msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69
msgid ""
"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
msgstr ""
"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
"发货单(Delivery Orders)` "

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
msgstr "打开发货单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82
msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
msgid ""
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
msgid ""
"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
msgstr "打开内部调拨单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96
msgid ""
"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the "
"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on "
"**Scrap**."
msgstr "当你点击报废按钮, 一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量, 并制定报废库位, 然后点击 **报废** 。"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
msgid ""
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Valuation Methods"
msgstr "计价方法"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)"
msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(海洋法系会计)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7
msgid ""
"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance "
"sheet. This implies two main choices:"
msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录, 这依赖于两个主要选项 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10
msgid ""
"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. "
"Real Price);"
msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准, 平均成本, 实时价格)；"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13
msgid ""
"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. "
"Perpetual)."
msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17
msgid "Costing Method"
msgstr "成本方法"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "标准价格"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "操作"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "单位成本"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "在手数量"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185
msgid "Delta Value"
msgstr "差异值"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "库存价值"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202
msgid "$10"
msgstr "$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190
msgid "$0"
msgstr "$0"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191
msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194
msgid "+8*$10"
msgstr "+8*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195
msgid "$80"
msgstr "$80"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196
msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46
msgid "+4*$10"
msgstr "+4*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47
msgid "$120"
msgstr "$120"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
msgstr "发货10片产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-10*$10"
msgstr "-10*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
msgid "$20"
msgstr "$20"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $9"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
msgid "+2*$10"
msgstr "+2*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
msgid "$40"
msgstr "$40"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct "
"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific "
"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form."
msgstr " **标准价格** 意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料, 直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
msgid "Average Price"
msgstr "平均价格"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197
msgid "$12"
msgstr "$12"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
msgid "+4*$16"
msgstr "+4*$16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200
msgid "$144"
msgstr "$144"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-10*$12"
msgstr "-10*$12"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98
msgid "$24"
msgstr "$24"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6"
msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $6"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
msgid "$9"
msgstr "$9"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
msgid "+2*$6"
msgstr "+2*$6"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
msgid "$36"
msgstr "$36"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
msgid ""
"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order "
"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA"
" (see here attached)"
msgstr " **平均价格** 的方法是当有收货的时候系统会根据采购订单的采购价格计算成本 :公式(见下)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112
msgid ""
"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of"
" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational "
"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost"
" up-to-date."
msgstr ""
"从会计的角度来看, 这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整, "
"由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117
msgid ""
"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established "
"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders "
"matters in the cost computation."
msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算, 所以需要很好的评估业务流程。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
msgid "$16"
msgstr "$16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-8*$10"
msgstr "-8*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-2*$16"
msgstr "-2*$16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
msgid "$32"
msgstr "$32"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
msgid "$11"
msgstr "$11"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
msgid "$44"
msgstr "$44"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214
msgid ""
"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined "
"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal "
"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory "
"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. "
"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product "
"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the "
"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not "
"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)."
msgstr ""
"对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), "
"需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下, 库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr, "
"定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物, 成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本, "
"这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如, 库存调整)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171
msgid ""
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases,"
" Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
msgstr "如果你在Odoo中管理所有的流程(销售, 采购, 库存)建议使用FIFO。它符合所有的用户。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)"
msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-4*$16"
msgstr "-4*$16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-6*$10"
msgstr "-6*$10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
msgid "$8"
msgstr "$8"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States."
msgstr "美国之外不能使用LIFO。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226
msgid ""
"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it,"
" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in "
"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal "
"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用'固定','实际','平均'价格等成本方法**"
" 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232
msgid ""
"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current"
" quantity in stock * cost price)."
msgstr ""
"不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> "
"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "定期存货计价"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239
msgid ""
"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments "
"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, "
"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the "
"physical inventory."
msgstr "定期存货计价, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计登录一张代表实际库存的会计分录。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244
msgid ""
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
"postings."
msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
msgid "Vendor Bill"
msgstr "供应商账单"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "\\"
msgstr "\\"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "Debit"
msgstr "借方"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "Credit"
msgstr "贷方"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
msgstr "资产 :存货"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
msgid "50"
msgstr "50"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
msgid "4.68"
msgstr "4.68"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
msgstr "负债 :应付账款"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
msgid "54.68"
msgstr "54.68"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr "配置 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262
msgid ""
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
"related product (Expense Account field)"
msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265
msgid "Goods Receptions"
msgstr "货物接收"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
msgid "No Journal Entry"
msgstr "没有会计分录"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
msgid "Customer Invoice"
msgstr "客户发票"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
msgstr "收入 :销售货物"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
msgid "100"
msgstr "100"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
msgid "9"
msgstr "9"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
msgstr "资产 :应收账款"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
msgid "109"
msgstr "109"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
"product (Income Account field)"
msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
msgid ""
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285
msgid "Customer Shipping"
msgstr "客户发货"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr "生产单"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294
msgid ""
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298
msgid ""
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301
msgid ""
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
"inventory value"
msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
msgid "X"
msgstr "X"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
msgstr "费用 :采购货物"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319
msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "永续存货计价"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321
msgid ""
"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments "
"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-"
"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. "
"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & "
"testing."
msgstr ""
"在持续的存货计价方式中, 收货和发货会即时的记账。因此, 账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式,"
" 就需要额外的配置和测试。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328
msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller."
msgstr "让我们举个分销商的例子"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340
msgid "**Configuration:**"
msgstr " **配置 :** "

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
" specific product."
msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
msgid ""
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
"product form."
msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
msgid ""
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
msgid ""
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
msgid ""
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
msgid ""
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
"as a specific replacement value"
msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` "

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` "

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` "

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)"
msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(大陆法系会计)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
msgid "€10"
msgstr "€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
msgid "€0"
msgstr "€0"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
msgid "+8*€10"
msgstr "+8 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
msgid "€80"
msgstr "€80"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
msgid "+4*€10"
msgstr "+4 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
msgid "€120"
msgstr "€120"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-10*€10"
msgstr "-10 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
msgid "€20"
msgstr "€20"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
msgid "+2*€10"
msgstr "+2 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
msgid "€40"
msgstr "€40"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
msgid "€12"
msgstr "€12"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
msgid "+4*€16"
msgstr "+4 *€16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
msgid "€144"
msgstr "€144"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-10*€12"
msgstr "-10 *€12"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
msgid "€24"
msgstr "€24"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
msgid "€9"
msgstr "€9"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
msgid "+2*€6"
msgstr "+2 *€6"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
msgid "€36"
msgstr "€36"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
msgid "€16"
msgstr "€16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-8*€10"
msgstr "-8 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-2*€16"
msgstr "-2 *€16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
msgid "€32"
msgstr "€32"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
msgid "€11"
msgstr "€11"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
msgid "€44"
msgstr "€44"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-4*€16"
msgstr "-4 *€16"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-6*€10"
msgstr "-6 *€10"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209
msgid "€8"
msgstr "€8"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297
msgid ""
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
msgstr "费用 :存货变动"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
msgid ""
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
msgid ""
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349
msgid ""
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "主要概念"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
msgid ""
"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of "
"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between"
" locations (possibly virtual)."
msgstr "复式库存没有库存输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是库存在不同的位置(可能是虚拟的)之间移动。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "作业"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18
msgid ""
"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations."
msgstr "库存调拨表示了货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
msgid "Production Order"
msgstr "生产单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24
msgid "Consume:"
msgstr "消耗 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
msgstr "1个车架 :库存→生产"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26
msgid "Produce:"
msgstr "生产 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
msgstr "库存 :生产订单初始的位置"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\""
msgstr "生产 :在产品表单上的 **生产位置** 字段"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
msgid "Drop-shipping"
msgstr "直运"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→客户"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
msgid "Configurarion:"
msgstr "配置 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Supplier: on the product form"
msgstr "供应商 :产品表单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself"
msgstr "客户 :销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
msgid "Client Delivery"
msgstr "客户发货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
msgid "Pick"
msgstr "分拣"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
msgid "Pack"
msgstr "包裹"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :打包区域→发货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr "送货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :出货区域→客户"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse"
msgstr "仓库的拣货＋包装＋发货路线"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer"
msgstr "仓库内部的调拨"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49
msgid "Transfer:"
msgstr "调拨 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库1→中转区"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :中转区→仓库2"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from"
msgstr "仓库2 :调拨的初始位置"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route"
msgstr "仓库1 :中转路线"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)"
msgstr "坏掉的产品(报废)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→报废"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58
msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping"
msgstr "报废 :在报废的时候需要的报废库位"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60
msgid "Missing products in inventory"
msgstr "存货产品丢失"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→盘点"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62
msgid "Extra products in inventory"
msgstr "存货中的额外产品"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63
msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :盘点→仓库"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65
msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product"
msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \\ \"字段"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
msgid "Reception"
msgstr "接收"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→收货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock"
msgstr "1辆自行车 :收货→库存"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier"
msgstr "供应商库位 :采购订单供应商"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order"
msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标\" 字段 "

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
msgid "Analysis"
msgstr "分析"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
msgid ""
"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of "
"products * product cost)."
msgstr "存货分析可以使用产品数量或者产品价值(=产品数量 *产品成本)。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80
msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:"
msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位, 多个数据点可以被分析 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148
msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules"
msgstr "补货＆补货规则"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150
msgid ""
"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific"
" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:"
msgstr "补货就是特定位置的特定产品的特定数量的一个需求。可以手工创建, 或者通过下面的方式自动触发 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
msgid "New sale orders"
msgstr "新销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "结果"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
msgid ""
"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered "
"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)"
msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发货给客户的)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160
msgid ""
"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" "
"(property)"
msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \\ \"(属性)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
msgstr "最小库存规则"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
msgstr "补货在规则的位置创建。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165
msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\""
msgstr "补货位置 : 规则字段 \"位置\""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "Procurement rules"
msgstr "补货规则"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location"
msgstr "新补货创建在规则的源位置"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170
msgid ""
"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should "
"be fulfilled e.g.:"
msgstr "*补货规则* 描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足, 例如 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173
msgid "where the product should come from (source location)"
msgstr "产品从哪里来(源位置 )"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174
msgid ""
"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made "
"To Stock)`"
msgstr "补货要么是 :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` , 要么是 :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)` "

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "路线"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product "
"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, "
"sales order lines, warehouse,..."
msgstr "补货规则被分组到路线中。路线定义了产品必须遵从的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库, ……路线可能会适用也可能不能适用。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188
msgid ""
"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):"
msgstr "要满足补货, 系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(按优先级) :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "仓库"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
msgid "Picking List:"
msgstr "分拣清单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
msgid "Pack List:"
msgstr "包装清单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
msgstr "打包区域→门A"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
msgid "Delivery Order:"
msgstr "交货单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
msgid "Gate A → Customer"
msgstr "门A→客户"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
msgid ""
"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on "
"the warehouse."
msgstr "描述如何组织你的仓库的路线应该在仓库中定义。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "A Product"
msgstr "产品"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205
msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control"
msgstr "产品路线示例 :质量控制"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217
msgid "Reception:"
msgstr "收货 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
msgid "Supplier → Input"
msgstr "供应商→收货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
msgid "Confirmation:"
msgstr "确认 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
msgid "Input → Quality Control"
msgstr "收货→质量控制"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "Storage:"
msgstr "库存 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
msgstr "质量控制→库存"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
msgid "Product Category"
msgstr "产品分类"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
msgstr "产品类别路线示例 :越库"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219
msgid "Cross-Docks:"
msgstr "越库 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
msgid "Input → Output"
msgstr "收货→发货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
msgid "Delivery:"
msgstr "发货 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
msgid "Output → Customer"
msgstr "发货→客户"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Sale Order Line"
msgstr "销售订单明细"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
msgstr "销售订单行示例 :直运"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Order:"
msgstr "订单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Supplier → Customer"
msgstr "供应商→客户"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
msgid "Push Rules"
msgstr "推送规则"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232
msgid ""
"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They "
"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be"
" used depends on applicable routes."
msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位时, 推式规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。推式规则是否能使用起决于适用的路线。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr "质量管理"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239
msgid "Product lands in Input"
msgstr "产品在收货区卸货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
msgstr "推式规则2 : 质量控制→库存"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
msgid "Warehouse Transit"
msgstr "仓库中转"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243
msgid "Product lands in Transit"
msgstr "产品在中转区卸货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
msgid "Procurement Groups"
msgstr "补货组"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249
msgid ""
"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is "
"provided:"
msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动, 对于每一个规则, 都提供了一个单据类型 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
msgid "Picking"
msgstr "分拣"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
msgid "Packing"
msgstr "包装"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254
msgid "Delivery Order"
msgstr "交货单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
msgid "Purchase Order"
msgstr "采购订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258
msgid ""
"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group "
"and locations are the same."
msgstr "如果它们的补货组和库位一样的话, 库存移动就分组到同一单据类型。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261
msgid ""
"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery "
"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on "
"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products "
"together)"
msgstr ""
"销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Terminologies"
msgstr "名词术语"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. "
"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a "
"repository."
msgstr " **仓库**:  在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a "
"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has "
"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc."
msgstr " **库位**:  库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or "
"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of "
"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or "
"procurements."
msgstr ""
" **批次**:  批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, "
"批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific "
"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique"
" item."
msgstr " **序列号**:  序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23
msgid ""
"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. "
"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category"
" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio."
msgstr ""
" **计量单位**:  定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : "
"规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory "
"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and "
"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have "
"enough stock."
msgstr ""
" **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量), 但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时, "
"Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33
msgid ""
"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level."
msgstr " **可库存**:  你想要管理库存水平的产品。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial"
" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks."
msgstr " **包裹 :** 一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如: 一个箱子里面有刀和叉。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40
msgid ""
"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of "
"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by "
"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. "
"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered "
"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a "
"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)."
msgstr ""
" **补货**:  补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, "
"和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48
msgid ""
"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be "
"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…"
" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order."
msgstr ""
" **路线**:  路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, "
"系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. "
"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule "
"can be used depends on applicable routes."
msgstr ""
" **推规则**:  当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how "
"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the "
"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO "
"or MTS,..."
msgstr ""
" **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**:  补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63
msgid ""
"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every "
"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, "
"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their "
"procurement group and locations are the same."
msgstr ""
" **补货组**:  路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, "
"…移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid ""
"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials "
"between locations."
msgstr " **库存调拨**:  库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently "
"in a warehouse or location."
msgstr " **在手数量**:  特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a "
"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - "
"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured "
"units."
msgstr " **预测数量**:  一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically "
"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a "
"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the"
" minimum stock rule."
msgstr " **订货规则**:  定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85
msgid ""
"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading "
"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading "
"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with "
"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to "
"packing zone)"
msgstr ""
" **越库**:  交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, "
"在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to "
"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual"
" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the "
"customer, without passing through your own warehouse."
msgstr ""
" **直运**:  直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, "
"无需经过你自己的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick "
"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
msgstr " **下架策略** 　 :用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a "
"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables "
"goes in rack 3, storage A)"
msgstr " **上架策略** 　 :特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如: 电缆进来摆放在A区, 3巷道)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes"
" it from the stock."
msgstr " **报废**:  用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
msgid "Process Overview"
msgstr "过程概览"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
msgid "From procurement to delivery"
msgstr "从补货到交货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8
msgid ""
"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but "
"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show"
" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the"
" delivery."
msgstr ""
"库存是你的业务的中心。库存真的很复杂, 但是在Odoo中, 无论是收货还是发货都简单得不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如此的简单。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13
msgid ""
"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as "
"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those "
"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, "
"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications."
msgstr ""
"Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成, 例如 **采购** , **销售** 或 **库存** 。但它不局限于这些过程, 它还能完全的与 **电商**"
" , **生产** , **维修** 等模块集成。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19
msgid "How to process a receipt ?"
msgstr "如何处理收货？"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22
msgid "Install Purchase application"
msgstr "安装采购模块"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **采购模块** , 进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31
msgid "Make a purchase order"
msgstr "创建采购订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33
msgid ""
"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
msgstr "进入 **采购** 模块。第一个看到的界面是 **询价需求单** 列表, 点击 **创建** 按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
msgid ""
"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some "
"products to your request for quotation."
msgstr "输入 **供应商** 信息并点击 **添加一个新条目** 给询价单添加一些产品。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and "
"quantity."
msgstr "一旦确定了产品, 价格和数量等, 可以点击 **确认订单** 。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46
msgid "Retrieve the Receipt"
msgstr "检索收货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48
msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:"
msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51
msgid "From the purchase order"
msgstr "从采购订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the "
"related **Receipt**:"
msgstr "在采购订单的右上角, 你会按到一个与 **收货** 相关的按钮 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
msgstr "点击查看 **调拨单** "

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard"
msgstr "从库存仪表板"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64
msgid ""
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see"
" the list of your deliveries to process."
msgstr "当打开* *库存* *应用程序时,点击* * #接收* *可看到发货的列表。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:"
msgstr "在列表中, 点击与采购订单相关的一个"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76
msgid "Process the Receipt"
msgstr "处理收货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162
msgid ""
"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the "
"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole "
"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**."
msgstr "要处理库存调拨, 只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量, 如果是就点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86
msgid ""
"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document "
":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档 :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`"
" "

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91
msgid "How to process a delivery order ?"
msgstr "如何处理发货单？"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94
msgid "Install Sales application"
msgstr "安装销售模块"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96
msgid ""
"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to "
":menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103
msgid "Place a sale order"
msgstr "下销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105
msgid ""
"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
" team."
msgstr "进入 **销售** 应用, 点击你所在团队的 **报价单** 按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
msgid ""
"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
"button."
msgstr "你将得到所有报价单的列表。点击 **创建** 按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
msgid ""
"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add "
"some products to your quotation."
msgstr "输入 **客户信息** 并点击 **添加新条目** 在报价单中添加一些产品。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120
msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order."
msgstr "点击 **确认销售** 下单。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123
msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order"
msgstr "发货的退货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125
msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:"
msgstr "有2种方式能检索交货订单 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128
msgid "From the sale order"
msgstr "从销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130
msgid ""
"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
"**Delivery**:"
msgstr "在销售订单的右上角, 你会看到和 **发货** 相关的按钮 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
msgid ""
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the "
"list of your receipts to process."
msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用, 点击 **＃待办** 查看待处理的收货单列表。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
msgstr "在列表中, 点击与该销售订单相关的一个"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
msgid ""
"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
" on your dashboard."
msgstr "如果库存中没有产品, 销售订单会在看板中的 **等待** 中显示。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr "处理发货"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167
msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way."
msgstr "用同样方法处理电商订单"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170
msgid ""
"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery "
"methods. Please read the document "
":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
msgstr ""
"你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来, 请参阅文档 :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method` ."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175
msgid "Advanced flows"
msgstr "高级流程"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177
msgid ""
"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. "
"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management."
msgstr "在此文档, 解释的流程都是最简单的。Odoo也符合使用高级仓库管理的公司。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180
msgid ""
"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can "
"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal "
"transfers**."
msgstr "默认状况下, 只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** , 但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理 **内部调拨** 。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184
msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules"
msgstr " **路线**:  可以通过推/拉规则自动化流程"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each "
"warehouse"
msgstr " **多步骤** 收货和发货可以在每个仓库中很容易的被配置"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189
msgid ""
"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-"
"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, "
"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
msgstr ""
"更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**"
" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "入门"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
msgstr "如何设置Odoo的仓库？"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should "
"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the "
"different screens you need."
msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导, 你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9
msgid ""
"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-"
"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide."
msgstr "在完成安装 **库存** 应用之后, 点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15
msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:"
msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
msgid "Set up your warehouse"
msgstr "设置你的仓库"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
msgid "Import your vendors"
msgstr "导入供应商"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21
msgid "Import your products"
msgstr "导入产品"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
msgstr "设置初始库存"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
msgstr "配置销售和采购流程"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
msgstr "设置补给机制"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
msgid ""
"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory"
" valuation."
msgstr "配置高级功能, 例如包裹, 追踪, 路线和存货计价。"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you"
" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the"
" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure "
"and use your scanner optimally."
msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作, 你需要在库存模块上安装 **条码** 应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。"

#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Routes"
msgstr "高级路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr "概念"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?"
msgstr "如何在你的仓库组织越库？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product "
"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This"
" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We "
"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place "
"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery."
msgstr ""
"越库区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域, 只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品, "
"在那里产品直接从供应商处, 只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross "
"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post"
"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""
"关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库, 请参阅 `越库是什么, 以及它是否适合我？<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>` _ `"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
msgid "Warehouse and routes"
msgstr "仓库和路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings"
" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 "
"**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
msgid ""
"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, 选择 :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)"
msgstr " **进来的送货**:  先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41
msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)"
msgstr " **出去的送货**:  直接从库存发货(仅送货)"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "then click on **Save**."
msgstr "点击 **保存** "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
msgid ""
"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
msgstr ""
"本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> "
"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
msgid "Cross Docking Route"
msgstr "越库路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54
msgid ""
"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route "
"for the remaining part:"
msgstr "我们在流程的第一部分使用 **购买** 路线, 然后为剩余部分创建一个路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60
msgid ""
"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is "
"created as an internal physical location."
msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型创建越库位置"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
msgid "Product with cross dock"
msgstr "使用越库的产品"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84
msgid ""
"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created"
" above as well as the **Buy** route."
msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品, 并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 **购买** 路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87
msgid ""
"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed "
"for replenishment of a stockable product."
msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充可库存产品的最小订购规则。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`use_routes`"
msgstr ":doc:`use_routes` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96
msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
"application in Odoo."
msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
msgid ""
"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
msgstr ""
"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** "
"选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
msgid ""
"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
"and routes in your warehouse."
msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
msgstr "创建一个新的仓库"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28
msgid ""
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
"**Create**."
msgstr ""
"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** "
"创建新的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
msgid ""
"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
"characters maximum."
msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41
msgid ""
"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
msgstr ""
"需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
"been generated for your new warehouse."
msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
msgstr "创建一个新的库存"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
" you can skip this step."
msgstr ""
"如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
"select the right warehouse and location."
msgstr ""
"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ,"
" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
msgid ""
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
"orders."
msgstr ""
"接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, "
"因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
msgid ""
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
"all yours product."
msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "创建内部调拨"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
msgid ""
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
"proceed as follows:"
msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
msgid ""
"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More  --> Transfer`."
msgstr ""
"在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> "
"转移(Transfer)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92
msgid ""
"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
msgid ""
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
msgid ""
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
"products in your source warehouse."
msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
msgstr "选择正确的调拨单"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
msgid ""
"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
"indicate how much products you process"
msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
msgstr ""
"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** "
"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
msgstr "什么是补货规则？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
msgid ""
"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
"dissatisfaction."
msgstr ""
"补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, "
"这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单,"
" 并增加客户对公司的不满。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
msgid ""
"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
"of storing goods."
msgstr ""
"一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, "
"恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
"using rules\"."
msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
msgid "Procurement rules settings"
msgstr "补货规则设置"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
msgid ""
"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
"go to Configuration > Routes."
msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possible :"
msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型："

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
msgid "Move from another location rules"
msgstr "从其他位置移动规则"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
msgid ""
"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
"manufacturing rules."
msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
"rules."
msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
msgstr "试着在demo实例创建一个补货规则"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
msgid ""
"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
"defined."
msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
msgid "What is a push rule?"
msgstr "什么是推式规则？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
msgid ""
"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
msgstr ""
"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
msgid ""
"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
"be triggered automatically or manually."
msgstr ""
"一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, "
"延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
msgid ""
"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
" rules**."
msgstr ""
"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
"设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
msgid "Push rules settings"
msgstr "推式规则设置"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
msgid ""
"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
"--> Routes`."
msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
"quality control location move to the stock."
msgstr ""
"在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, "
"会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
msgstr "在demo实例创建一个推式规则"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
msgid ""
"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
msgid "Stock transfers"
msgstr "库存调拨"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
msgid ""
"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
"waiting."
msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
msgid ""
"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检** 区域的一个调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
msgid ""
"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
" the main stock."
msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
msgid "How to use routes?"
msgstr "如何使用路径？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
msgid ""
"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
msgstr "管理产品的制造链条"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
msgid "Manage default locations per product"
msgstr "为每个产品管理默认位置"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
msgid ""
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products"
msgstr "租用管理协助是从租借产品自动生成退回移动"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
"routing of products using rules**."
msgstr ""
"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr "预配置的路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`."
msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "定制路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Routes`."
msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
"can combine several choices."
msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
msgstr "应用在仓库的路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
msgid "Routes applied on products"
msgstr "应用在产品的路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
msgid ""
"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
"be applied."
msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
msgid ""
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
" select the route(s):"
msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
msgid ""
"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
"categories it will be applied."
msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
msgid ""
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
" under the **Logistics** section :"
msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
"time you make a sale order."
msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
msgid ""
"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
" the sales order."
msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
msgid ""
"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
msgid "Procurement and push rules"
msgstr "补货规则和推式规则"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
msgstr "请参照文档"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
msgid "Procurement configuration"
msgstr "补货配置"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
msgid ""
"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
"**Preferred Routes**:"
msgstr ""
"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 "
"**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
msgstr "按订单补货路线"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
msgid ""
"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
msgstr ""
"如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, "
"之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr "产品成本"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid ""
"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr "Odoo中的落地成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and "
"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application "
"to be installed)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr "向产品添加成本"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click "
"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you"
" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. "
"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines "
"will be split accross your transfers lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38
msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
msgstr "上架和下架策略"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
msgid "What is a putaway strategy?"
msgstr "什么是上架策略？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
msgid ""
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking "
"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most "
"appropriate location."
msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程, 该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to"
" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because "
"of a potential chemical reaction."
msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品, 就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近, 以防止发生化学反映。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
msgid ""
"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but "
"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the "
"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product "
"level)."
msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则, 但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check "
"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
" using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
msgid "Setting up a strategy"
msgstr "设置一个策略"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
msgid ""
"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits."
msgstr "举个例子 :一个卖蔬菜水果的零售商店"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
"product quality."
msgstr "我们可以把该类型产品放在不同的位置并维护产品数量。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
msgid ""
"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub "
"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**."
msgstr ""
"假设有一个仓库库位 **WH/Stock** 并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & "
"**WH/Stock/Fruits** ."

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
msgid ""
"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a "
"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
"Strategy**."
msgstr ""
"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 "
"**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a "
"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the "
"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category."
msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击 **创建并编辑** 。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单, 在那里你可以设置上架策略, 设置上架方法, 固定库位等。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
msgid ""
"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**."
msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后, 点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
msgid ""
"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will "
"automatically be transferred to the correct location."
msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
msgid ""
"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Current Inventory`"
msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
msgstr "在那里　你可以看到库位中当前的库存"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr "何为下架策略 (FIFO, LIFO, 及 FEFO)？"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用, 在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离, 质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
"on the **location**."
msgstr ""
"当产品的移动需要被完成的时候, Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **产品** 上的"
" **下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`:"
msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
msgid ""
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位管理** 和 **产品的高级路线管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
msgid ""
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
msgstr "下架策略的类型"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
msgstr "FIFO (先进先出)"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid ""
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
msgstr ""
" **先进先出** 策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, 例如服装, "
"那么也最好使用FIFO, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr "我们举个先进先出下架策略的例子"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
msgid ""
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \\ \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \\ \"的产品有\" 3 \\ \"个批次。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
msgstr "可以在存货计价报表中看到可用存货的详细信息"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \\ \"的\" iPod 32 GB \\ \"销售订单并确认该订单"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
msgstr "LIFO (后进先出)"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
msgid ""
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
"shelf life."
msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid ""
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \\ \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid ""
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
" according to their expiration date."
msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中, 系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
" to save changes."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
msgstr ""
"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置"
" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
msgid ""
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
msgid ""
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
msgstr "**下架日期：**：指包含这一序列号/批号的货物从库存中移除的日期。根据FEFO下架策略，在发货单中根据这一日期拣货。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
"goods with this serial/lot number."
msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
msgid ""
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
"removal dates."
msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
msgid ""
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
"lots pass their **alert date**."
msgstr ""
"除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
msgid ""
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
"after the lot has been created."
msgstr ""
"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid ""
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
"expiration date fields as follows:"
msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示："

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
msgid ""
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
msgid ""
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
"expiration date."
msgstr ""
"让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中有\" 3 \\ \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \":\" LOT0001 \\ "
"\",\" LOT0002 \\ \",\" LOT0003 \\ \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr " **产品** "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr " **到期日期** "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "LOT0001"
msgstr "LOT0001"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "Ice Cream"
msgstr "冰淇淋"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "08/20/2015"
msgstr "2015-08-20"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "08/10/2015"
msgstr "2015-08-10"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "LOT0003"
msgstr "LOT0003"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "08/15/2015"
msgstr "2015-08-15"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
msgid ""
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \\ \"的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \"的销售订单并确认。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
msgid ""
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据 **FEFO** 的出库策略进行调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
msgid ""
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
" the removal dates."
msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \\ \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \\ \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \\ \"5kg\" 。 "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` "

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` "

#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "设置"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
msgid "Products"
msgstr "产品"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
msgid ""
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
"multiple\" fields"
msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
"other module where products are available)."
msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
msgstr "如何使用不同计量单位？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be "
"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
msgstr ""
"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 "
"**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
msgid "Setting up units on your products"
msgstr "给产品设置计量单位"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you "
"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product "
"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done."
msgstr "在 **计量单位** 部分, 选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35
msgid ""
"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you "
"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**."
msgstr "在 **采购计量单位** 部分, 选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
msgstr "点击编辑按钮|编辑|创建新的计量单位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48
msgid ""
"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo."
msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时, Odoo会自动的四舍五入。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51
msgid ""
"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only "
"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category."
msgstr "计量单位在全程都可以变换。唯一的条件是这些计量单位都必须是同一类别。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54
msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :"
msgstr "在本示例中, 我们用鸡蛋做示例 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
msgstr "通常, 我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
msgstr "收货的时候是按照单个(质量检验)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60
msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers"
msgstr "在卖给客户的时候是按照一打来卖"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The "
"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
msgstr " **销售价格** 用 **产品的计量单位** 表示。 **成本价格** 用 **采购计量单位** 表示"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70
msgid ""
"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**."
msgstr "所有的内部调拨都用 **产品计量单位** 表示。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74
msgid "Procurement"
msgstr "补货"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of "
"measure."
msgstr "在进行补货需求时, 你还是可以更改计量单位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82
msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :"
msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
msgstr "质检过程按照单个检验"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
msgid ""
"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality "
"check is done by unit."
msgstr "产品的最基本的计量单位是 **个** 。因此产品数量按个数检查。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99
msgid ""
"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is "
"**Draft**."
msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是 **草稿** 状态时, 计量单位才能更改。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
msgid "Delivery process"
msgstr "交货流程"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105
msgid ""
"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the "
"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from"
" the unit to the dozen."
msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候, 单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of"
" measure :"
msgstr "在发货单中, 最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118
msgid ""
"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is "
"converted automatically :"
msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成, 所有都自动的转换 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
msgid ""
"Create a link when the document is available -  When should you use "
"packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr "何时应该使用包装, 计量单位或者套装？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6
msgid "Unit of measures"
msgstr "计量单位"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8
msgid ""
"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product."
" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once."
msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位, 产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11
msgid ""
"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse."
msgstr "如果在你的仓库中使用不同的计量单位就激活该选项。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your"
" warehouse."
msgstr "采购的计量单位可以和仓库中使用的计量单位不同。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different."
msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置, 也可以不同。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24
msgid ""
"The conversion between the different units of measures is done "
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个, 重量, 容积, 长度……)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "包裹"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31
msgid ""
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
"product."
msgstr "包裹是一个你想在其中放置一个或者几个产品的实际的容器。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "包装"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
msgstr "包装是用来保护产品的物理容器。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the "
"notice and the power plug."
msgstr "如果你在销售电脑, 包装里面会有电脑, 说明书以及电源线。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
msgstr "在Odoo中, 包装使用通常用于标识功能"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
msgid ""
"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is "
"only for indicative purpose."
msgstr "你可以在 **包装** 中定义使用哪种 **包材** 。但这只是象征性使用。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
msgstr "什么时候使用包裹, 包装或者计量单位？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
msgid ""
"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs "
"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit"
" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``."
msgstr ""
"例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \\ \""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61
msgid ""
"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the"
" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order."
msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \\ \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the "
"**packaging**."
msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \\ \"就是 **包材** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a "
"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**."
msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \\ \"或者一个\" 塑料 \\ \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
msgstr ":doc:`uom` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Using product variants"
msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, "
"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level "
"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)."
msgstr ""
"产品变型用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), "
"也可以在变型层面管理(特定一个属性)。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10
msgid ""
"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13
msgid "B&C T-shirt"
msgstr "B&C T血衫"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15
msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16
msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black"
msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18
msgid ""
"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C "
"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**."
msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C ｔ血衫** 是产品模板, **B&C ｔ血衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22
msgid ""
"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)."
" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc."
msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存, 销售信息, 等等。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26
msgid "Impact of variants"
msgstr "变型的影响"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the "
"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU."
msgstr " **条码**:  编码和条码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed "
"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant "
"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on "
"the template or the variant."
msgstr ""
" **价格**:  每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, "
"你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own "
"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For "
"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory "
"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by "
"variant)"
msgstr ""
" **库存**:  存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 "
"\"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42
msgid ""
"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a "
"product may have its own primary picture."
msgstr " **图片**:  此图片与变型相关, 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. "
"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: "
"Income Account, Taxes)"
msgstr ""
" **其余字段**:  大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50
msgid "Should you use variants?"
msgstr "应该使用产品变型吗？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53
msgid "When should you use variants?"
msgstr "何时应该使用产品变型？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55
msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:"
msgstr "使用变型有以下影响 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57
msgid ""
"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product "
"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he "
"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)"
msgstr ""
" **电商**:  在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material"
" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. "
"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you"
" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are "
"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red."
msgstr ""
" **生产**:  使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \\ "
"\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \\ \"。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69
msgid ""
"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of "
"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of "
"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't"
" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create "
"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too."
msgstr ""
" **价格**:  产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, "
"当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77
msgid "When should you avoid using variants?"
msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79
msgid ""
"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You "
"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity "
"of managing lots of products that are similars."
msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度, 当你要使用产品的变量属性时, 你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83
msgid ""
"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you"
" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import "
"product templates and all their related variations."
msgstr "例如, 如果使用型号的话, 在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表, 还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87
msgid ""
"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that "
"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an "
"example, a company having these products:"
msgstr "另外, 你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量, 这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子, 一个公司有如下产品 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91
msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
msgstr "质量 :T血衫, 马球, 衬衫"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110
msgid "Color: Red, Blue"
msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL"
msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97
msgid ""
"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of "
"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two "
"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or "
"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the "
"e-Commerce:"
msgstr ""
"在该用户案例中, 你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局, ｔ血衫, 保罗)。但是, 我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开, "
"并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103
msgid "Product Template: T-shirt"
msgstr "产品模板 :T血衫"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108
msgid "Product Template: Polos"
msgstr "产品模板 :马球"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117
msgid "Activate the variant feature"
msgstr "激活产品型号特性"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product "
"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the "
"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products "
"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
"attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , "
"找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
msgid "Creating products with variants"
msgstr "创建带有型号的产品"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
msgstr ""
"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
msgstr "现在, 点击你想添加型号的产品。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in "
"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. "
"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on "
"**Create**."
msgstr ""
"在产品页面, 一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量, 点击该按钮, 在新的窗口, 点击 **创建** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142
msgid ""
"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of "
"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create "
"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…"
msgstr "在 **属性** 中, 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在, 你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149
msgid ""
"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the "
"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the "
"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory."
msgstr "在属性窗口, **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色, 塑料或者32G, **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156
msgid ""
"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the "
"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on "
"**Save**."
msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本, 或者选择稍后更改, 点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160
msgid ""
"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant."
msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163
msgid ""
"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on "
"**Save**."
msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后, 点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167
msgid "Managing Product Variants"
msgstr "管理产品型号"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two "
"variant attributes :"
msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175
msgid "T-Shirt B&C"
msgstr "B&C T血衫"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177
msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White"
msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色, 白色"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182
msgid "Managing combination possibilities"
msgstr "管理组合可能性"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184
msgid ""
"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products "
"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, "
"you can deactivate the white product variant."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下, 使用上述产品的模板,你可以得到15个不同产品(3种颜色, 5个尺寸)。如果XXL只存在与红色和蓝色t恤,您可以设置禁用于白色产品系列。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188
msgid ""
"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt."
" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, "
"XXL."
msgstr ""
"要这样做的话, 点击 **型号** 按钮, 选择XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197
msgid ""
"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0."
msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200
msgid "Setting a price per variant"
msgstr "根据型号设置价格"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202
msgid ""
"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a "
"product."
msgstr "对产品的有些型号你可以添加超过主要价格的成本。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205
msgid ""
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
msgstr ""
"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` "
"并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
msgid ""
"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields "
"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the "
"variant that will be added to the original price."
msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你, 添加该变量的成本, 他会自动的和原始价格相加。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220
msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
"warehouses."
msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
msgid ""
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
msgstr ""
" **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, "
"不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
msgid ""
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
msgstr ""
" **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
msgid ""
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
msgstr ""
" **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 "
"**盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
msgid ""
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
"organization of your warehouses."
msgstr ""
"在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, "
"你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
msgid "How to create a new location?"
msgstr "如何创建新的位置？"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9
msgid "Creating a new location"
msgstr "创建新库位"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to "
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
"click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 "
"**库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
"**Create**."
msgstr ""
"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
msgid ""
"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the"
" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
" to a location."
msgstr ""
"在 **库位名称** 字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择 **父库位** 。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位, "
"然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to"
" describe your location."
msgstr "你还可以在 **额外信息** 字段输入并为该库位添加一段描述。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35
msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**."
msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存** ."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38
msgid ""
"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
"containing all the sublocations in it."
msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
msgid "How to create a new warehouse?"
msgstr "如何创建一个新的仓库"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to "
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
"click on **apply**."
msgstr ""
"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` 。在"
" **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
"Warehouses`"
msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` "

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
msgid ""
"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 "
"fields :"
msgstr "在仓库页面中, 点击 **创建** , 一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来 :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25
msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr "在 **仓库名称** , 插入仓库的全名。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27
msgid ""
"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one "
"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the "
"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and "
"edit it afterwards."
msgstr ""
"在 **地址** 字段, 你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此, 你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空, "
"然后稍后进行编辑。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40
msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse."
msgstr "点击 **保存** 完成新仓库的配置。"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43
msgid ""
"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking "
"types and main child locations for this main location in the background."
msgstr "当你创建了仓库, 系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
msgid "Shipping Operations"
msgstr "发货作业"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "如何取消发货请求？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
"如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消**"
" 点击即可。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`multipack` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
msgid ""
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
"Methods`."
msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
msgid ""
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
"rules."
msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
msgid ""
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
msgid ""
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr "当你点击 **保存** 销售订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候计算价格。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
msgid ""
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr "在确认发货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
"add a line to the sale order."
msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`labels` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
msgstr "如何打印发货标签？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, "
"你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""
"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
msgstr "配置发货方式"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created."
msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid "Company configuration"
msgstr "公司配置"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
msgid ""
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
"data**."
msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Product configuration"
msgstr "产品配置"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
"computation cannot be done."
msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
msgid ""
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
msgstr "如何打印发货标签？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ."

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
msgid ""
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr ""
"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 "
":栈板, 箱子, ……** "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid "Sale order"
msgstr "销售订单"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr "点击 **交货方式** 选择正确的一个。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
msgstr "多包裹发货"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it."
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
msgid ""
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
msgid ""
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
"underneath:"
msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
msgid "Shipping Setup"
msgstr "发货设置"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
msgstr "如何设置发货方法"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
"but also on your e-commerce."
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
msgid ""
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
"compute the real price and the packagings."
msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
msgid "Install the inventory module"
msgstr "安装库存模块"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
msgid ""
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
" order to see it :"
msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
msgstr ""
"如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** "
"并设置一个价格。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
msgid ""
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
msgstr ""
"如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
msgid ""
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""
"你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 "
":doc:`third_party_shipper` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product."
msgstr ""
"现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , "
"它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr "交货"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
"chosen delivery method."
msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的证书？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要："

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr "DHL 密码"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr "DHL 账号"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
msgid ""
"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
"given in the demo data:"
msgstr "同时，为了测试解决方案，您可以使用演示数据中给出的测试凭据："

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
msgstr "**用户名**: CustomerTest"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
msgstr "**密码**: alkd89nBV"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
msgstr "**DHL 账号**: 803921577"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
" shipping."
msgstr ""
"货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输**"
" 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
"will appear on your ecommerce."
msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
"United States."
msgstr ""
"最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS "
"US只在美国国内运输。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
msgid ""
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
"method** to choose the right one."
msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择正确的一个。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候价格就会计算。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""
"不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
msgid ""
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` "

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr "一个UPS 账户号"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr "登陆秘钥"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr "创建一个UPS账号"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""
"在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n"
"<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""
"1．用 `www.ups.com <http ://www.ups.com/>` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)"
" using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
msgstr ""
"1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com <http: "
"//www.ups.com/>` __)"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""
"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr "获取访问密匙"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid ""
"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page "
"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__"
msgstr ""
"1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n"
" `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>` __"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr "验证联系信息"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中"